Project Management Office (Pmo) for Management Consultants
Posted by Superadmin on February 15 2021 11:04:14

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_01. What the course will be about



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_02. How the course is organized



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03. A little bit about me



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.1 My Blog Badass Consultants.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.2 My YouTube channel.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.3 My Quora profile.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.4 My Slideshare profile.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.5 My Linkedin profile.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_03.6 My Udemy profile.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_04. How to deal with Blurry image



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_05. How to reach additional resources



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


01_05.1 All resources for the course.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_01. When PMO is used Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_02. Juggernaut situation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_03. Performance Improvement situation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_03.1 Performance Improvement Projects for Management Consultants.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_04. Turn Around situation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_05. Private Equity situation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_06. Drastic growth situation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_07. When PMO is used Summary of main situations



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


02_08. When PMO is used Other situations big project, oneoffs



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_01. How to build PMO Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_02. How to build PMO Step by step process



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_03. Goals of the PMO



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_04. KPIs for PMO



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_05. What role can PMO play on different projects



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


03_05.1 How to conduct meetings during consulting projects.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_01. Project selection Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_02. Strategic alignment framework Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_03. Strategic alignment framework Case Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_03.1 Strategic alignment Milk Producer.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_04. Strategic alignment framework Overiew of Projects



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_04.1 Strategic alignment Milk Producer.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_05. Strategic alignment framework Did we achieved the goal



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_06. Strategic alignment framework When it makes sense to use it



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_07. Value proposition alignment framework Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_08. Value proposition alignment framework Cases Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_08.1 Value Proposition NPS improvement Salad.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_09. Value proposition alignment framework Data Available



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_09.1 Value Proposition NPS improvement Salad.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_10. Value proposition alignment framework Overview of Projects Part 1



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_11. Value proposition alignment framework Overview of Projects Part 2



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_12. Value proposition alignment framework Solution Summary



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_13. Value proposition alignment framework When it makes sense to use it



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_14. Portfolio decision making Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_15. Portfolio decision making Case Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_16. Portfolio decision making Available Data



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_16.1 Portfolio management Plywood Empty.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_17. Portfolio decision making Solution in Excel



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_17.1 Portfolio management Plywood.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_18. Portfolio decision making When it makes sense to use it



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_19. Bottleneck Framework Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_20. Low hanging fruits



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_21. Theory of constraints and bottlenecks



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_22. Removing bottlenecks Content marketing agency Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_23. Removing bottlenecks Content marketing agency Solution



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_24. Bottleneck Framework The Process



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_25. Bottleneck Framework Case Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_26. Bottleneck Framework Data for the Case



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_26.1 Bottleneck framework for projects.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_27. Bottleneck Framework Case Summary of Projects



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_28. Bottleneck Framework Case Analysis of Bottlenecks



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_29. Bottleneck Framework Case the Approach to solving the case



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_30. Bottleneck Framework Case Project New Format



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_31. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Private Label



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_32. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Rebranding



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_33. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Hospitals



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_34. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Marektplace



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_35. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Loyalty Program



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_36. Bottleneck Framework Case Project Foreign Expansion



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_37. Bottleneck Framework Case Project BI



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_38. Bottleneck Framework Case Project MA



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_39. Bottleneck Framework Case Summary



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


04_40. Bottleneck Framework When it makes sense to use it



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_01. Recruit & Train PMO team Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_02. Introduction to creating ideal team members



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_03. Values



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_04. Profile of the team member



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_05. Structure for cooperation



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_06. Why team members have to constantly improve



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_07. How to teach your team members



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_07.1 Our training system.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


05_07.2 How to train great Management Consultants & Businesss Analysts.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_01. PMO Deliverables Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_02. Project Card Charter Example



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_02.1 Project Cart, Charter.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_03. Project Summary Tool Example



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_03.1 Projects Overview Milk Producer.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_03.2 Overview of projects.pptx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_04. Detailed Presentation & Analysis Example



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_04.1 Process Optimization Project Case Study.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_01. Tools used by PMO Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_02. Project Management Tools



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_02 Tools for defining to do listv2.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_03. Slides Templates z management consulting



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_03.1 Library of Slides.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


06_04.1 Process Optimization Project Case Study.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_01. Tools used by PMO Introduction



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_02. Project Management Tools



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_02 Tools for defining to do listv2.xlsx



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


07_03. Slides Templates z management consulting



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions

Project Management Office (PMO) for Management Consultants

Created by Startup Akademis


08_01. Bonus Lecture.html



Description

What you'll learn

How to set up a Project Management Office (PMO)
Identify the type of PMO you have to build
Select the right projects that will deliver the biggest value
How to prepare your team members for the work in the PMO
You will get in additional resources examples of deliverables and tools you will need for the PMO


Requirements

Basic or intermediate Excel
Basic knowledge of economics or finance

Description

What is the aim of this course?

Sometimes to create value in the firm or manage a huge number of complicated projects you have to set up a Project Management Office (PMO). PMO is responsible for making sure that all strategic projects will be delivered on time. PMO has to also analyze and select projects and support project managers in managing project delivery. Building and running PMO is pretty difficult, especially when it comes to selecting the right projects and later on implementing them. I will teach you in this course how to do it efficiently. We will look at different types of PMO set-up for different purposes. In this course you will learn:

In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation

How to select the right projects to implement using PMO

In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently

This course is based on my 15 years of experience as a consultant in top consulting firms and as a Board Member responsible for strategy, performance improvement, and turn-arounds in the biggest firms from Retail, FMCG, SMG, B2B, and services sectors that I worked for. I have carried or supervised over 90 different projects in different industries that generated in total 2 billion of additional EBITDA. I have also built and supervised PMOs in 10 different organizations. On many occasions, I had to grow, coach, and supervise managers, directors, and CEOs. On the basis of what you will find in this course, I have trained in person over 100 consultants, business analysts, and managers who now are Partners in PE and VC funds, Investment Directors and Business Analysts in PE and VC, Operational Directors, COO, CRO, CEO, Directors in Consulting Companies, Board Members, etc. On top of that my courses on Udemy were already taken by more than 80 000 students including people working in EY, Walmart, Booz Allen Hamilton, Alvarez & Marsal, PwC, Dell, Walgreens, Adidas, Orange, and many others

I teach through cases, so you will have a lot of lectures showing examples of analyses, tools, and end-products of PMO. To make the course more realistic and applicable we will go over many examples from our consulting practice, where we had to build and run a PMO. To every lecture, you will find attached (in additional resources) the Excels as well as additional presentations, materials shown in the lecture so as a part of this course you will also get a library of ready-made analyses that can, with certain modification, be applied by you in your work.

Why did I decide to create this course?

Building and running a PMO requires a specific approach and set of skills that you are not able to acquire easily. There is also hardly any practical resources that would help you in this job. Therefore, we have decided to describe our approach to this sort of project. This course will help you create a PMO, select the right projects, and deliver outstanding results to stakeholders (Board of Directors, Inventors, and your boss). What you will learn in this course will be extremely useful not only in consulting but also if you want to create a PMO internally to support the value creation process or to speed up the change management process. By giving you exposure to real-life cases and analyses I want to improve your skills in building PMO, selecting projects, and delivering tangible results through the PMO. Thanks to this course, you will know what and how to do once you are given the task of setting up and running a PMO.

To sum it up, the course will help you become an expert in building and running PMO on the level of McKinsey, BCG, Bain, PwC, Deloitte, EY, and other top consulting firms. That is why, I highly recommend this course not only to Management Consultants and Project Managers that have to advise their customer but also to Investment Directors working for PE, Directors, and Managers responsible for running internal PMO departments.

In what way will you benefit from this course?

The course is a practical, step by step guide loaded with tones of analyses, tricks, hints that will significantly improve the speed with which you understand, analyze the business considered for acquisition. There is little theory mainly examples, a lot of tips from my own experience as well as other notable examples worth mentioning. Our intention is that thanks to the course you will learn:
In what situation PMO is used and how its goals differ depending on the situation
How to select the right projects to implement using PMO
In the attached resources, you will also find examples of PMO deliverables you will have to create and examples of tools you can use to run the PMO efficiently
You can also ask me any questions either through the discussion field or by messaging me directly.

How the course is organized?

The course is divided currently into the following sections:
Introduction. We begin with a little intro into the course as well as some general info on how the course is organized
When PMO is used. In the second section, I will show you different situations in which PMO can be used. We will go through the difference and the goals of PMOs. PMO can be created in Juggernaut situation, Performance Improvement situation, Turn Around situation, Private Equity situation, Drastic growth situation, and others
How to build PMO? In this section, I will show you the step by step process that will help you establish the PMO.
Project selection. In the 4th section, I show you different frameworks that you can use to select the projects that you should concentrate on as a PMO. We will discuss: Strategic alignment framework, Value proposition alignment framework, Portfolio decision making, and my favorite one Bottleneck Framework.
You will be able also to download many additional resources
Useful frameworks and techniques
List of resources useful during performance improvement projects
Selected analyses are shown in the course
Links to additional presentations, articles, and movies

Links to books worth reading

Who this course is for:

Project Managers
Managers responsible for building and running Project Management Office (PMO)
Management Consultants selling the PMO service
Business Analysts & Management Consultants working within PMO
Board Members & Directors supervising PMO
Investment Directors working in PMO

      
Course Contents
01. Introduction 02. When, in what situation PMO is used 03. How to build PMO 04. Project selection 05. Recruit & Train PMO team 06. PMO Deliverables 07. Tools used by PMO 08. Conclusions